ld x86_64 tests: Accept x86-64-v3 as a needed ISA
[binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
blob5622aaa30c0f415f7b01ab29d7da783765c1b7d1
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
24 needs them. */
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
27 #include "sysdep.h"
28 #include <stdarg.h>
29 #include "bfd.h"
30 #include "bfdlink.h"
31 #include "libbfd.h"
32 #include "elf-bfd.h"
33 #include "elf/ppc.h"
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
36 #include "dwarf2.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 split16a_type = 0,
45 split16d_type
47 split16_format_type;
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
64 section. */
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 ((4*4 \
75 + (h != NULL \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
94 0x60000000, /* nop */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
145 a shared library. */
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
156 #define B 0x48000000
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
265 zero. */
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
271 be zero. */
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
276 symbol. */
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
281 the symbol. */
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
286 the symbol. */
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
291 the symbol. */
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
309 entries. */
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
319 addend. */
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
352 the symbol. */
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
357 the symbol. */
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
362 the symbol. */
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
367 small data items. */
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
472 first entry. */
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
543 is negative. */
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
560 small data items. */
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
687 NULL),
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
691 NULL),
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700 static void
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 unsigned int i, type;
705 for (i = 0;
706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
707 i++)
709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
712 abort ();
713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
717 static reloc_howto_type *
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727 switch (code)
729 default:
730 return NULL;
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
838 break;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
841 break;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
844 break;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
847 break;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
850 break;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
853 break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
867 static reloc_howto_type *
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
869 const char *r_name)
871 unsigned int i;
873 for (i = 0;
874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
875 i++)
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880 return NULL;
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885 static bool
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
887 arelent *cache_ptr,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 unsigned int r_type;
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
901 abfd, r_type);
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
903 return false;
906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
914 abfd, r_type);
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917 return false;
920 return true;
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
927 arelent *reloc_entry,
928 asymbol *symbol,
929 void *data,
930 asection *input_section,
931 bfd *output_bfd,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
935 long insn;
936 bfd_size_type octets;
937 bfd_vma value;
939 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
942 return bfd_reloc_ok;
945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950 value = 0;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
952 value = symbol->value;
953 value += (reloc_entry->addend
954 + symbol->section->output_offset
955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
956 value -= (reloc_entry->address
957 + input_section->output_offset
958 + input_section->output_section->vma);
959 value >>= 16;
961 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
963 input_section, octets))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
966 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
968 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
970 return bfd_reloc_ok;
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
975 arelent *reloc_entry,
976 asymbol *symbol,
977 void *data,
978 asection *input_section,
979 bfd *output_bfd,
980 char **error_message)
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
984 link time. */
985 if (output_bfd != NULL)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
987 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
989 if (error_message != NULL)
990 *error_message = bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"),
991 reloc_entry->howto->name);
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1000 asection *section;
1001 /* Section name. */
1002 const char *name;
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1020 bfd_vma offset;
1021 /* addend used */
1022 bfd_vma addend;
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052 static bool
1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1056 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061 bool
1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 unsigned long mach = 0;
1065 asection *s;
1066 unsigned char *contents;
1068 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1072 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1074 break;
1075 if (s != NULL)
1076 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1079 if (mach == 0)
1081 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1082 if (s != NULL
1083 && s->size >= 24
1084 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1122 free (contents);
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1137 return true;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1143 static bool
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return true;
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1165 static bool
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1173 return true;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1178 static bool
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1186 default:
1187 return false;
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1200 break;
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1208 static bool
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1213 default:
1214 return false;
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1237 return true;
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1243 switch (note_type)
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1304 return 0;
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1315 return rel->address;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1322 static bool
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return false;
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1342 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1345 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1354 static bool
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1362 return true;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1383 return ret;
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1388 bool
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return false;
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1471 return true;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1524 apuinfo_list;
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bool apuinfo_set;
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = false;
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1568 return count;
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1596 head = NULL;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1621 unsigned long datum;
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1633 apuinfo_set = true;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_read (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1675 error_message = NULL;
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1703 static bool
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1762 free (buffer);
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1767 static bool
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1774 static bool
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return false;
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1788 static bool
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1802 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1814 *ret = NULL;
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL
1839 && (dynamic->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
1841 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1842 size_t extdynsize;
1843 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1845 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1846 return -1;
1848 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1849 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1851 for (extdyn = dynbuf, extdynend = dynbuf + dynamic->size;
1852 (size_t) (extdynend - extdyn) >= extdynsize;
1853 extdyn += extdynsize)
1855 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1856 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1858 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1859 break;
1861 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1863 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1864 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1865 if (got != NULL
1866 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1867 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1868 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1869 break;
1872 free (dynbuf);
1875 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1876 if (glink_vma == 0)
1878 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1879 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1882 if (glink_vma == 0)
1883 return 0;
1885 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1886 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1887 glink stubs now reside. */
1888 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1889 if (glink == NULL)
1890 return 0;
1892 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1893 from the first glink stub. */
1894 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1895 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1897 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1899 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 insn ^= B;
1901 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1902 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1904 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1905 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1906 for (i = 4;
1907 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1908 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1909 i += 4)
1910 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1912 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1913 break;
1917 count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr);
1918 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1919 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1920 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1921 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1922 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1923 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1924 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1925 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1926 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1927 break;
1928 if (stub_delta > 32)
1929 return 0;
1931 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1932 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1933 return -1;
1935 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1936 p = relplt->relocation;
1937 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1939 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 if (p->addend != 0)
1941 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1944 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 if (resolv_vma)
1947 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1949 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1950 if (s == NULL)
1951 return -1;
1953 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1954 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1955 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1956 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1958 size_t len;
1960 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1961 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 stub_off -= 32;
1963 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1964 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1965 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1966 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1967 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1968 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1969 s->section = glink;
1970 s->value = stub_off;
1971 s->name = names;
1972 s->udata.p = NULL;
1973 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1974 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1975 names += len;
1976 if (p->addend != 0)
1978 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1979 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1980 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1981 names += strlen (names);
1983 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1984 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1985 ++s;
1986 --p;
1989 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1990 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1991 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1992 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1993 s->section = glink;
1994 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1995 s->name = names;
1996 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1997 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1998 s++;
1999 count++;
2001 if (resolv_vma)
2003 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2004 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2005 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2006 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2007 s->section = glink;
2008 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2009 s->name = names;
2010 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2011 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2012 s++;
2013 count++;
2016 return count;
2019 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2020 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2021 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2022 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2023 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2024 called. */
2026 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2027 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2028 struct plt_entry
2030 struct plt_entry *next;
2032 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2033 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2034 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2035 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2036 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2037 bfd_vma addend;
2039 /* The .got2 section. */
2040 asection *sec;
2042 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2043 union
2045 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2046 bfd_vma offset;
2047 } plt;
2049 /* .glink stub offset. */
2050 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2053 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2054 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2055 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 static int
2058 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2059 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2061 switch (r_type)
2063 default:
2064 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2065 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2066 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2067 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2068 return 1;
2070 case R_PPC_REL24:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2074 case R_PPC_REL32:
2075 return 0;
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2082 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2083 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2084 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2088 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2089 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2090 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 shared lib. */
2092 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2094 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2099 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2100 asection *sec;
2102 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2103 unsigned int count : 31;
2105 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2106 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2109 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2111 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2113 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2115 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2116 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2117 from the beginning of the section. */
2118 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2120 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2121 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2122 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2123 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2124 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2125 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2126 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2127 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2128 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2132 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2133 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2134 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2135 unsigned char tls_mask;
2137 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2138 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2139 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2140 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2141 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2143 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 symbol. */
2145 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2147 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2149 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2152 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2154 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2156 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2158 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2160 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2161 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2163 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2164 asection *glink;
2165 asection *dynsbss;
2166 asection *relsbss;
2167 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2168 asection *sbss;
2169 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2170 asection *pltlocal;
2171 asection *relpltlocal;
2173 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2174 asection *srelplt2;
2176 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2177 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2179 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2180 bfd *old_bfd;
2182 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 union {
2184 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2185 bfd_vma offset;
2186 } tlsld_got;
2188 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2189 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2191 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2192 unsigned int got_header_size;
2193 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2194 unsigned int got_gap;
2196 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2197 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2199 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2200 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2201 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2202 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2204 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2205 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2207 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2208 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2210 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 int plt_entry_size;
2212 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 int plt_slot_size;
2214 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2215 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2218 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2219 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2221 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2222 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2224 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2225 relocs. */
2226 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2228 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2229 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2231 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2233 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2234 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2235 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2236 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2238 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2240 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2241 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2242 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2243 const char *string)
2245 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2246 subclass. */
2247 if (entry == NULL)
2249 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2250 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 return entry;
2255 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2256 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2257 if (entry != NULL)
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2264 return entry;
2267 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2269 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2270 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2272 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2273 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2274 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2276 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2277 if (ret == NULL)
2278 return NULL;
2280 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2281 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2282 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2283 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2285 free (ret);
2286 return NULL;
2289 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2290 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2291 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2292 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2294 ret->params = &default_params;
2296 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2297 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2298 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2300 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2301 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2304 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2305 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2306 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2308 return &ret->elf.root;
2311 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2313 void
2314 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2316 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2318 if (htab)
2319 htab->params = params;
2320 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2323 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2325 static bool
2326 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2328 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2330 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2331 return false;
2333 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2334 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2336 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2337 executable. */
2338 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2339 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2340 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2341 return false;
2344 return true;
2347 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2348 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2349 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2351 static bool
2352 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2353 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2354 flagword flags,
2355 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2357 asection *s;
2359 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2360 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2362 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2363 if (s == NULL)
2364 return false;
2365 lsect->section = s;
2367 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2368 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2370 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2371 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2372 return false;
2373 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2374 return true;
2377 static bool
2378 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2380 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2381 asection *s;
2382 flagword flags;
2383 int p2align;
2385 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2386 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2387 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2388 htab->glink = s;
2389 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2390 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2391 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2392 if (s == NULL
2393 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2394 return false;
2396 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2398 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2399 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2400 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2401 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2402 if (s == NULL
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2404 return false;
2407 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2408 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2409 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2410 if (s == NULL
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2412 return false;
2414 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2415 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2416 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2417 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2418 if (s == NULL
2419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2420 return false;
2422 /* Local plt entries. */
2423 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2424 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2425 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2426 flags);
2427 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2428 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2429 return false;
2431 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2433 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2435 htab->relpltlocal
2436 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2437 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2439 return false;
2442 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2443 &htab->sdata[0]))
2444 return false;
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2447 &htab->sdata[1]))
2448 return false;
2450 return true;
2453 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2454 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2455 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2457 static bool
2458 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2460 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2461 asection *s;
2462 flagword flags;
2464 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2466 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2468 return false;
2470 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2471 return false;
2473 if (htab->glink == NULL
2474 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2475 return false;
2477 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2478 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2479 htab->dynsbss = s;
2480 if (s == NULL)
2481 return false;
2483 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2485 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2486 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2487 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2488 htab->relsbss = s;
2489 if (s == NULL
2490 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2491 return false;
2494 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2495 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2496 return false;
2498 s = htab->elf.splt;
2499 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2500 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2501 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2502 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2503 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2506 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2508 static void
2509 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2513 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2515 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2516 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2518 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2519 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2521 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2522 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2523 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2524 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2525 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2526 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2527 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2529 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2530 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2531 return;
2533 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2535 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2540 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2541 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2542 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2546 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2547 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2549 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2550 q->count += p->count;
2551 *pp = p->next;
2552 break;
2554 if (q == NULL)
2555 pp = &p->next;
2557 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2560 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2561 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2564 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2565 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2566 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2567 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2569 /* And plt entries. */
2570 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2572 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2574 struct plt_entry **entp;
2575 struct plt_entry *ent;
2577 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2579 struct plt_entry *dent;
2581 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2582 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2584 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2585 *entp = ent->next;
2586 break;
2588 if (dent == NULL)
2589 entp = &ent->next;
2591 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2594 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2595 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2598 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2600 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2602 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2603 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2604 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2605 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2606 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2610 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2611 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2613 static bool
2614 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2615 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2616 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2617 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2618 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2619 asection **secp,
2620 bfd_vma *valp)
2622 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2623 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2624 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2625 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2627 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2628 put into .sbss. */
2629 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2631 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2632 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2634 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2636 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2637 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2639 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2640 ".sbss",
2641 flags);
2642 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2643 return false;
2646 *secp = htab->sbss;
2647 *valp = sym->st_size;
2650 return true;
2653 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2658 bfd_vma addend,
2659 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2661 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2662 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2663 return linker_pointers;
2665 return NULL;
2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2670 static bool
2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2672 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2678 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2679 bfd_size_type amt;
2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 if (h != NULL)
2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2689 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2691 rel->r_addend,
2692 lsect))
2693 return true;
2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2697 else
2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 if (!ptr)
2707 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2709 amt = num_symbols;
2710 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2711 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2713 if (!ptr)
2714 return false;
2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2721 rel->r_addend,
2722 lsect))
2723 return true;
2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2731 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2732 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2734 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2735 return false;
2737 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2738 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2739 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2743 return false;
2744 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2745 lsect->section->size += 4;
2747 #ifdef DEBUG
2748 fprintf (stderr,
2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2750 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2751 (long) lsect->section->size);
2752 #endif
2754 return true;
2757 static struct plt_entry **
2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2760 unsigned long r_symndx,
2761 int tls_type)
2763 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2764 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2767 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2769 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2771 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2772 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2774 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2775 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2776 return NULL;
2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2780 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2781 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2782 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2783 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2784 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2785 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2788 static bool
2789 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2790 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2792 struct plt_entry *ent;
2794 if (addend < 32768)
2795 sec = NULL;
2796 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2797 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2798 break;
2799 if (ent == NULL)
2801 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2802 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 return false;
2805 ent->next = *plist;
2806 ent->sec = sec;
2807 ent->addend = addend;
2808 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2809 *plist = ent;
2811 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2812 return true;
2815 static struct plt_entry *
2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2818 struct plt_entry *ent;
2820 if (addend < 32768)
2821 sec = NULL;
2822 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2823 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2824 break;
2825 return ent;
2828 static bool
2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2831 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2832 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2833 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2834 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2835 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2846 static bool
2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2849 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2850 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2851 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2852 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2855 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2856 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2858 static bool
2859 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
2861 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
2864 static void
2865 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2867 _bfd_error_handler
2868 /* xgettext:c-format */
2869 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2870 abfd,
2871 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2875 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2876 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2877 table. */
2879 static bool
2880 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2881 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2882 asection *sec,
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2885 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2886 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2890 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2893 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2894 return true;
2896 #ifdef DEBUG
2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2898 sec, abfd);
2899 #endif
2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2905 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2907 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2908 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2910 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2911 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2913 return false;
2915 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2916 false, false, true);
2917 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2918 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2919 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2920 sreloc = NULL;
2922 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2923 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2925 unsigned long r_symndx;
2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2928 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2929 int tls_type;
2930 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2931 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2932 bfd_vma addend;
2934 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2935 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2937 h = NULL;
2938 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
2939 if (isym == NULL)
2940 return false;
2942 else
2944 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2945 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2946 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2947 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2948 isym = NULL;
2951 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2952 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2953 startup code. */
2954 if (h != NULL
2955 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2956 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2958 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2959 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2960 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2961 return false;
2962 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2965 tls_type = 0;
2966 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2967 ifunc = NULL;
2968 if (h != NULL)
2970 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2972 h->needs_plt = 1;
2973 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
2976 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2982 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2983 if (ifunc == NULL)
2984 return false;
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2988 no plt calls. */
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2995 addend = 0;
2996 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2999 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3003 addend = rel->r_addend;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3005 return false;
3010 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3012 && h != NULL
3013 && h == tga)
3015 if (rel != relocs
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3019 reloc. */
3021 else
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3026 switch (r_type)
3028 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3029 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3032 if (h != NULL)
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3034 else
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3036 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3037 return false;
3038 break;
3040 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3041 break;
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3047 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3048 goto dogottls;
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3054 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3055 goto dogottls;
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3062 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3063 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3064 goto dogottls;
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3070 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3071 dogottls:
3072 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3073 /* Fall through. */
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3083 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3084 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3086 return false;
3088 if (h != NULL)
3090 h->got.refcount += 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3093 else
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3096 return false;
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3099 an ifunc. */
3100 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3103 return false;
3105 break;
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3109 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3111 h, rel))
3112 return false;
3113 if (h != NULL)
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3116 h->non_got_ref = true;
3118 break;
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3125 return false;
3127 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3129 h, rel))
3130 return false;
3131 if (h != NULL)
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3134 h->non_got_ref = true;
3136 break;
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3139 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3140 /* Fall through. */
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3148 if (h != NULL)
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3151 h->non_got_ref = true;
3153 break;
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3165 break;
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3171 return false;
3173 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3174 if (h != NULL)
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3177 h->non_got_ref = true;
3179 break;
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3185 if (h != NULL)
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3188 h->non_got_ref = true;
3190 break;
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3197 if (h != NULL)
3198 h->non_got_ref = true;
3199 break;
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3202 if (h == NULL)
3203 break;
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3205 goto pltentry;
3207 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3208 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3209 /* Fall through. */
3211 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3216 pltentry:
3217 #ifdef DEBUG
3218 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3219 #endif
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 if (h == NULL)
3223 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3224 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3225 if (pltent == NULL)
3226 return false;
3228 else
3230 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3232 h->needs_plt = 1;
3233 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3235 addend = 0;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3237 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3241 addend = rel->r_addend;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3243 return false;
3244 break;
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3257 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3258 break;
3260 case R_PPC_REL16:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3266 break;
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3269 case R_PPC_TLS:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3271 case R_PPC_NONE:
3272 case R_PPC_max:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3276 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3277 break;
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3280 case R_PPC_COPY:
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3285 break;
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3288 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3294 break;
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3298 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3300 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3301 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3303 if (h != NULL
3304 && ifunc != NULL
3305 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0))
3306 return false;
3307 break;
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3313 return false;
3314 break;
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3320 return false;
3321 break;
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3325 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3326 /* Fall through. */
3327 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3332 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3333 goto dodyn;
3335 /* Nor these. */
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3338 goto dodyn;
3340 case R_PPC_REL32:
3341 if (h == NULL
3342 && got2 != NULL
3343 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3345 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3352 PLT call stubs. */
3353 asection *s;
3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3356 if (s == got2)
3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3363 break;
3364 /* fall through */
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3378 return false;
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3381 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3388 goto dodyn;
3390 case R_PPC_REL24:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14:
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3394 if (h == NULL)
3395 break;
3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3403 break;
3405 /* fall through */
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3415 h->needs_plt = 1;
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3417 return false;
3418 break;
3421 dodyn:
3422 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3423 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3424 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3425 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3426 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3427 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3428 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3429 work together with this code. */
3430 if ((h != NULL
3431 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3432 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3433 && (h != NULL
3434 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
3435 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
3436 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
3438 #ifdef DEBUG
3439 fprintf (stderr,
3440 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3441 "create relocation for %s\n",
3442 (h && h->root.root.string
3443 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3444 #endif
3445 if (sreloc == NULL)
3447 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3448 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3450 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3451 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3453 if (sreloc == NULL)
3454 return false;
3457 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3458 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3459 if (h != NULL)
3461 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3462 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3464 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3465 p = *rel_head;
3466 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3468 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3469 if (p == NULL)
3470 return false;
3471 p->next = *rel_head;
3472 *rel_head = p;
3473 p->sec = sec;
3474 p->count = 0;
3475 p->pc_count = 0;
3477 p->count += 1;
3478 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3479 p->pc_count += 1;
3481 else
3483 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3484 We really need local syms available to do this
3485 easily. Oh well. */
3486 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3487 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3488 bool is_ifunc;
3489 asection *s;
3490 void *vpp;
3492 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3493 if (s == NULL)
3494 s = sec;
3496 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3497 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3498 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL;
3499 p = *rel_head;
3500 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3501 p = p->next;
3502 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3504 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3505 if (p == NULL)
3506 return false;
3507 p->next = *rel_head;
3508 *rel_head = p;
3509 p->sec = sec;
3510 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3511 p->count = 0;
3513 p->count += 1;
3517 break;
3521 return true;
3524 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3525 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3526 bool
3527 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3529 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3530 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3531 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3532 bool ret = true;
3533 bool warn_only;
3535 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3536 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3537 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3538 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3539 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3540 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3541 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3542 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3543 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3545 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3546 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3548 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3549 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3551 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3553 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3554 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3555 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3557 if (in_fp == 0)
3559 else if (out_fp == 0)
3561 if (!warn_only)
3563 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3564 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3565 last_fp = ibfd;
3568 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3570 _bfd_error_handler
3571 /* xgettext:c-format */
3572 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3573 last_fp, ibfd);
3574 ret = warn_only;
3576 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3578 _bfd_error_handler
3579 /* xgettext:c-format */
3580 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3581 ibfd, last_fp);
3582 ret = warn_only;
3584 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3586 _bfd_error_handler
3587 /* xgettext:c-format */
3588 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3589 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3590 ret = warn_only;
3592 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3594 _bfd_error_handler
3595 /* xgettext:c-format */
3596 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3597 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3598 ret = warn_only;
3601 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3602 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3603 if (in_fp == 0)
3605 else if (out_fp == 0)
3607 if (!warn_only)
3609 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3610 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3611 last_ld = ibfd;
3614 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3616 _bfd_error_handler
3617 /* xgettext:c-format */
3618 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3619 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3620 ret = warn_only;
3622 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3624 _bfd_error_handler
3625 /* xgettext:c-format */
3626 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3627 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3628 ret = warn_only;
3630 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3632 _bfd_error_handler
3633 /* xgettext:c-format */
3634 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3635 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3636 ret = warn_only;
3638 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3640 _bfd_error_handler
3641 /* xgettext:c-format */
3642 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3643 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3644 ret = warn_only;
3648 if (!ret)
3650 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3653 return ret;
3656 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3657 there are conflicting attributes. */
3658 static bool
3659 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3661 bfd *obfd;
3662 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3663 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3664 bool ret;
3666 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3667 return false;
3669 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3670 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3671 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3673 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3674 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3675 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3676 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3677 ret = true;
3678 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3680 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3681 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3682 static bfd *last_vec;
3684 if (in_vec == 0)
3686 else if (out_vec == 0)
3688 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3689 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3690 last_vec = ibfd;
3692 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3693 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3694 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3695 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3696 case too. */
3697 else if (in_vec == 1)
3699 else if (out_vec == 1)
3701 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3702 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3703 last_vec = ibfd;
3705 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3707 _bfd_error_handler
3708 /* xgettext:c-format */
3709 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3710 last_vec, ibfd);
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3712 ret = false;
3714 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3716 _bfd_error_handler
3717 /* xgettext:c-format */
3718 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3719 ibfd, last_vec);
3720 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3721 ret = false;
3725 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3726 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3727 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3728 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3729 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3731 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3732 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3733 static bfd *last_struct;
3735 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3737 else if (out_struct == 0)
3739 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3740 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3741 last_struct = ibfd;
3743 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3745 _bfd_error_handler
3746 /* xgettext:c-format */
3747 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3748 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3749 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3750 ret = false;
3752 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3754 _bfd_error_handler
3755 /* xgettext:c-format */
3756 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3757 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3758 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3759 ret = false;
3762 if (!ret)
3764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3765 return false;
3768 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3769 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3772 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3773 object file when linking. */
3775 static bool
3776 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3778 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3779 flagword old_flags;
3780 flagword new_flags;
3781 bool error;
3783 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3784 return true;
3786 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3787 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3788 return false;
3790 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3791 return false;
3793 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3794 return true;
3796 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3797 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3798 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3800 /* First call, no flags set. */
3801 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3802 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3805 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3806 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3809 /* Incompatible flags. */
3810 else
3812 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3813 to be linked with either. */
3814 error = false;
3815 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3816 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3818 error = true;
3819 _bfd_error_handler
3820 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3821 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3823 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3824 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3826 error = true;
3827 _bfd_error_handler
3828 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3829 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3832 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3833 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3834 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3836 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3837 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3838 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3839 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3840 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3841 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3843 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3844 any module uses it. */
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3847 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3848 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3850 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3851 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3853 error = true;
3854 _bfd_error_handler
3855 /* xgettext:c-format */
3856 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3857 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3858 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3861 if (error)
3863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3864 return false;
3868 return true;
3871 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3872 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3873 asection *input_section,
3874 unsigned long offset,
3875 bfd_byte *loc,
3876 bfd_vma value,
3877 split16_format_type split16_format,
3878 bool fixup)
3880 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3882 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
3883 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3884 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3885 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3886 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3887 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3888 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3889 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3890 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3892 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3894 if (fixup)
3895 split16_format = split16a_type;
3896 else
3897 _bfd_error_handler
3898 /* xgettext:c-format */
3899 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3900 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3903 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3904 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3905 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3906 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3907 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3911 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3913 if (fixup)
3914 split16_format = split16d_type;
3915 else
3916 _bfd_error_handler
3917 /* xgettext:c-format */
3918 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3919 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3922 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3924 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3925 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3926 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3928 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3929 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3930 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3933 else
3935 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3936 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3938 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3940 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3943 static void
3944 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3946 unsigned int insn;
3948 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3949 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3950 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3951 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3953 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3954 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3955 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3960 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3961 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3963 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3964 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3967 flagword flags;
3969 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3971 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3973 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3975 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3976 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3977 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3978 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3979 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3980 false, false, true)) != NULL
3981 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3982 || h->needs_plt)
3983 && h->ref_regular
3984 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3985 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3987 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3988 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3989 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3990 r30 to be set up. */
3991 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3993 else
3995 bfd *ibfd;
3996 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
3998 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3999 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4000 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4001 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4002 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4003 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4004 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4005 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4007 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4008 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4009 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4011 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4012 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4013 break;
4016 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4019 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
4021 if (!info->user_warn_rwx_segments)
4022 info->no_warn_rwx_segments = 1;
4023 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW
4024 || (htab->params->plt_style != PLT_OLD
4025 && !info->no_warn_rwx_segments))
4027 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4029 else
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4036 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4038 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4044 return -1;
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4049 return -1;
4051 else
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab->glink != NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4056 return -1;
4058 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4062 relocation. */
4064 static asection *
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4066 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4071 if (h != NULL)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4076 return NULL;
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4082 static bool
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4085 asection **symsecp,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx,
4089 bfd *ibfd)
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4093 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4098 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4099 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4101 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4103 if (hp != NULL)
4104 *hp = h;
4106 if (symp != NULL)
4107 *symp = NULL;
4109 if (symsecp != NULL)
4111 asection *symsec = NULL;
4112 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4114 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4115 *symsecp = symsec;
4118 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4119 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4121 else
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4126 if (locsyms == NULL)
4128 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4129 if (locsyms == NULL)
4130 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4131 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4132 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4133 if (locsyms == NULL)
4134 return false;
4135 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4137 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4139 if (hp != NULL)
4140 *hp = NULL;
4142 if (symp != NULL)
4143 *symp = sym;
4145 if (symsecp != NULL)
4146 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4148 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4150 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4153 tls_mask = NULL;
4154 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4155 if (local_got != NULL)
4157 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4158 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4161 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4163 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4166 return true;
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4172 bool
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4176 bfd *ibfd;
4177 asection *sec;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4180 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4181 if (htab == NULL)
4182 return false;
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4187 limit = 0x1e00000;
4188 low_vma = -1;
4189 high_vma = 0;
4190 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4191 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4193 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4194 low_vma = sec->vma;
4195 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4196 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 is local. */
4202 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4204 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4205 return true;
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4221 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4227 continue;
4229 local_syms = NULL;
4230 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4232 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4233 if (sec->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4240 info->keep_memory);
4241 if (relstart == NULL)
4242 return false;
4244 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4245 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx;
4249 asection *sym_sec;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4254 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4255 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4256 continue;
4258 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4260 r_symndx, ibfd))
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4263 free (relstart);
4264 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4265 free (local_syms);
4266 return false;
4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4271 bfd_vma from, to;
4272 if (h != NULL)
4273 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4274 else
4275 to = sym->st_value;
4276 to += (rel->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4279 from = (rel->r_offset
4280 + sec->output_offset
4281 + sec->output_section->vma);
4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4287 free (relstart);
4290 if (local_syms != NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4293 if (!info->keep_memory)
4294 free (local_syms);
4295 else
4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4300 return true;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4306 asection *
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4322 if (opt != NULL
4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4332 && tga != NULL
4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4334 || tga->needs_plt)
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4338 struct plt_entry *ent;
4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4341 break;
4342 if (ent != NULL)
4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4347 opt->mark = 1;
4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4351 opt->dynindx = -1;
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4353 opt->dynstr_index);
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4355 return false;
4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4361 else
4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4376 HASH. */
4378 static bool
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4396 if (h == hash)
4397 return true;
4399 return false;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4403 opportunities. */
4405 bool
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4409 bfd *ibfd;
4410 asection *sec;
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4412 int pass;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4415 return true;
4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4418 if (htab == NULL)
4419 return false;
4421 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4430 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4433 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4435 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4436 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4443 info->keep_memory);
4444 if (relstart == NULL)
4445 return false;
4447 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4448 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4454 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4455 bool is_local;
4456 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4458 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4459 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4463 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4464 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4465 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4467 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4470 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4471 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4478 if (pass == 0
4479 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4480 && h != NULL
4481 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4485 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4489 free (relstart);
4490 return true;
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4494 switch (r_type)
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4499 /* Fall through. */
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4506 if (!is_local)
4507 continue;
4509 /* LD -> LE */
4510 tls_set = 0;
4511 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4512 break;
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4517 /* Fall through. */
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4521 if (is_local)
4522 /* GD -> LE */
4523 tls_set = 0;
4524 else
4525 /* GD -> IE */
4526 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4527 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4528 break;
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4534 if (is_local)
4536 /* IE -> LE */
4537 tls_set = 0;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4539 break;
4541 else
4542 continue;
4544 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4545 if (!is_local)
4546 continue;
4547 /* Fall through. */
4548 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4549 if (rel + 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4552 if (pass != 0
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4555 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4556 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4557 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4561 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4562 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4563 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4565 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4566 if (h != NULL)
4568 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4569 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4572 addend = rel->r_addend;
4573 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4574 got2, addend);
4575 if (ent != NULL
4576 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4577 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4581 continue;
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4584 tls_set = 0;
4585 tls_clear = 0;
4586 break;
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4589 if (pass == 0)
4591 unsigned char buf[4];
4592 unsigned int insn;
4593 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4595 off, 4))
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4598 free (relstart);
4599 return false;
4601 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info->callbacks->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4610 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4613 continue;
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4616 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4617 continue;
4619 default:
4620 continue;
4623 if (pass == 0)
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4627 continue;
4629 if (rel + 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4631 htab->tls_get_addr))
4632 continue;
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4642 free (relstart);
4643 return true;
4646 if (h != NULL)
4648 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4649 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4651 else
4653 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4654 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4657 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4658 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4659 abort ();
4660 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4661 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4662 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4664 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4665 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4676 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4678 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4679 continue;
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4683 struct plt_entry *ent;
4684 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4689 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4690 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4691 got2, addend);
4692 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4693 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4695 if (tls_clear == 0)
4696 continue;
4698 if (tls_set == 0)
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4701 if (*got_count > 0)
4702 *got_count -= 1;
4705 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4706 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4710 free (relstart);
4713 return true;
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4720 static bool
4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4727 return true;
4728 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4729 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4731 return false;
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4736 static bool
4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4741 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4742 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4743 return true;
4744 return false;
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4751 understand. */
4753 static bool
4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4758 asection *s;
4760 #ifdef DEBUG
4761 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h->root.root.string);
4763 #endif
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4768 && (h->needs_plt
4769 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4770 || h->is_weakalias
4771 || (h->def_dynamic
4772 && h->ref_regular
4773 && !h->def_regular)));
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4777 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4778 || h->needs_plt)
4780 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4785 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry *ent;
4790 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4791 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4792 break;
4793 if (ent == NULL
4794 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4795 && local
4796 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4811 h->needs_plt = 0;
4812 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4814 else
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4824 than link time. */
4825 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4826 || (h->non_got_ref
4827 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4829 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4833 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4837 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4844 h->protected_def = 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4846 return true;
4848 else
4849 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h->is_weakalias)
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4858 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4859 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4860 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4861 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4862 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4863 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4864 return true;
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4876 h->protected_def = 0;
4877 return true;
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4884 h->protected_def = 0;
4885 return true;
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h->protected_def)
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4898 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4899 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4900 return true;
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4905 return true;
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4912 executable. */
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4916 && !h->def_regular
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4918 return true;
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4933 s = htab->dynsbss;
4934 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4935 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4936 else
4937 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4940 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4942 asection *srel;
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4948 srel = htab->relsbss;
4949 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4950 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4951 else
4952 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4954 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4955 h->needs_copy = 1;
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4969 static bool
4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4972 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4975 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4976 char *name;
4977 const char *stub;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4981 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4982 else
4983 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4985 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4986 len2 = strlen (stub);
4987 len3 = 0;
4988 if (ent->sec)
4989 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4990 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4991 if (name == NULL)
4992 return false;
4993 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4994 if (ent->sec)
4995 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4996 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4997 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4998 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
4999 if (sh == NULL)
5000 return false;
5001 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5003 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5004 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5005 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5006 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5007 sh->def_regular = 1;
5008 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5009 sh->forced_local = 1;
5010 sh->non_elf = 0;
5011 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5013 return true;
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5019 static bfd_vma
5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5022 bfd_vma where;
5023 unsigned int max_before_header;
5025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5030 else
5032 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5035 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5036 htab->got_gap -= need;
5038 else
5040 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5041 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5043 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5044 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5046 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5047 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5050 return where;
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5056 static inline unsigned int
5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5059 unsigned int need;
5060 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5061 need = 4;
5062 else
5064 need = 0;
5065 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5066 need += 8;
5067 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5068 need += 4;
5069 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5070 need += 4;
5072 return need;
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5077 static bool
5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5083 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5085 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5086 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5087 && h->dynindx == -1
5088 && !h->forced_local
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5091 return true;
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5097 static inline
5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5101 return (h == NULL
5102 || h->dynindx == -1
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5108 static bool
5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5111 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5116 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5117 return true;
5119 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5120 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5121 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5124 && eh->elf.protected_def
5125 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5129 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5130 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5131 return false;
5133 unsigned int need = got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5134 unsigned int rel_need = need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5135 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5137 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5138 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5139 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5140 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5141 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5142 else
5144 need += 8;
5145 rel_need += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5148 if (need == 0)
5149 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5150 else
5152 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5153 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5154 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5155 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5156 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5157 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
5158 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5159 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5160 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5161 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5163 asection *rsec;
5165 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5166 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5167 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5168 rsec->size += rel_need;
5172 else
5173 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5175 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5176 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5177 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5178 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5179 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5181 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5182 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5183 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5184 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5186 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5187 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5188 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5189 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5191 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5194 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5195 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5196 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5197 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5198 changes. */
5199 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5201 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5202 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5203 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5204 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5205 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5206 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5207 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5209 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5211 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5213 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5214 p->pc_count = 0;
5215 if (p->count == 0)
5216 *pp = p->next;
5217 else
5218 pp = &p->next;
5222 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5224 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5226 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5228 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5229 *pp = p->next;
5230 else
5231 pp = &p->next;
5235 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5237 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5238 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5239 return false;
5242 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5244 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5245 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5246 dynamic. */
5247 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5248 || (h->ref_regular
5249 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5250 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5251 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5252 && !h->def_regular
5253 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5254 && !(h->protected_def
5255 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5256 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5257 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5259 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5260 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5261 return false;
5263 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5264 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5266 else
5267 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5270 /* Allocate space. */
5271 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5272 if (!discarded_section (p->sec))
5274 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5275 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5276 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5277 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5280 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5281 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5282 a) is dynamic, or
5283 b) is an ifunc, or
5284 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5285 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5286 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5287 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5288 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5289 || (h->needs_plt
5290 && h->def_regular
5291 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5292 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5293 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5294 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5296 struct plt_entry *ent;
5297 bool doneone = false;
5298 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5300 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5301 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5303 asection *s;
5304 bool dyn;
5306 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5307 return false;
5309 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5310 s = htab->elf.splt;
5311 if (!dyn)
5313 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5314 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5315 else
5316 s = htab->pltlocal;
5319 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5321 if (!doneone)
5323 plt_offset = s->size;
5324 s->size += 4;
5326 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5328 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5329 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5330 else
5332 s = htab->glink;
5333 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5335 glink_offset = s->size;
5336 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5338 if (!doneone
5339 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5340 && h->def_dynamic
5341 && !h->def_regular)
5343 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5344 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5346 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5348 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5349 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5350 return false;
5353 else
5355 if (!doneone)
5357 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5358 for the special first entry. */
5359 if (s->size == 0)
5360 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5362 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5363 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5364 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5365 word available at the end. */
5366 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5367 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5368 * ((s->size
5369 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5370 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5372 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5373 file, and we are not generating a shared
5374 library, then set the symbol to this location
5375 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5376 relocations, and is required to make
5377 function pointers compare as equal between
5378 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5379 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5380 && h->def_dynamic
5381 && !h->def_regular)
5383 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5384 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5387 /* Make room for this entry. */
5388 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5389 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5390 is allocated. */
5391 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5392 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5393 / htab->plt_entry_size
5394 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5395 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5397 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5400 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5401 if (!doneone)
5403 if (!dyn)
5405 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5407 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5408 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5410 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5412 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5413 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5416 else
5418 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5420 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5422 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5424 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5426 if (ent->plt.offset
5427 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5429 htab->srelplt2->size
5430 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5431 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5434 htab->srelplt2->size
5435 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5436 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5439 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5440 .got.plt. */
5441 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5444 doneone = true;
5447 else
5448 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5450 if (!doneone)
5452 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5453 h->needs_plt = 0;
5456 else
5458 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5459 h->needs_plt = 0;
5462 return true;
5465 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5467 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5468 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5469 1, /* CIE version. */
5470 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5471 4, /* Code alignment. */
5472 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5473 65, /* RA reg. */
5474 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5475 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5476 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5479 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5481 static bool
5482 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5483 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5485 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5486 asection *s;
5487 bool relocs;
5488 bfd *ibfd;
5490 #ifdef DEBUG
5491 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5492 #endif
5494 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5495 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5497 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5499 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5500 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5502 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5503 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5504 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5505 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5509 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5510 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5511 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5512 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5514 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5515 relocs. */
5516 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5518 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5519 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5520 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5521 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5522 char *lgot_masks;
5523 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5525 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5526 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5528 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5529 continue;
5531 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5533 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5535 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5536 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5537 p != NULL;
5538 p = p->next)
5540 if (discarded_section (p->sec))
5542 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5543 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5544 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5545 the relocs too. */
5547 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5548 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5549 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5551 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5552 handled specially by the loader. */
5554 else if (p->count != 0)
5556 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5557 if (p->ifunc)
5558 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5559 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5560 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5561 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5562 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5564 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5565 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5566 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5572 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5573 if (!local_got)
5574 continue;
5576 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5577 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5578 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5579 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5580 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5581 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5582 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5583 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0)
5585 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount,
5586 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
5587 if (local_syms == NULL)
5588 return false;
5591 for (isym = local_syms;
5592 local_got < end_local_got;
5593 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym)
5594 if (*local_got > 0)
5596 unsigned int need;
5597 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5598 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5599 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5600 if (need == 0)
5601 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5602 else
5604 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5605 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5606 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5607 && bfd_link_executable (info))
5608 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
5610 asection *srel;
5612 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5613 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5614 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5615 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5616 srel->size += need;
5620 else
5621 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5623 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5624 continue;
5626 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5627 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5628 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5630 struct plt_entry *ent;
5631 bool doneone = false;
5632 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5634 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5635 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5637 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5638 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5639 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5640 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5642 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5643 continue;
5645 else
5646 s = htab->pltlocal;
5648 if (!doneone)
5650 plt_offset = s->size;
5651 s->size += 4;
5653 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5655 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5657 s = htab->glink;
5658 glink_offset = s->size;
5659 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5661 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5663 if (!doneone)
5665 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5667 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5668 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5670 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5672 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5673 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5675 doneone = true;
5678 else
5679 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5682 if (local_syms != NULL
5683 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
5685 if (!info->keep_memory)
5686 free (local_syms);
5687 else
5688 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
5692 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5693 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5695 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5697 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5698 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5699 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5701 else
5702 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5704 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5706 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5708 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5709 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5710 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5711 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5712 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5714 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5715 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5716 g_o_t += 4;
5717 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5720 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5722 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5724 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5726 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5727 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5729 if (info->emitrelocations)
5731 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5733 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5734 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5735 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5736 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5737 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5740 if (htab->glink != NULL
5741 && htab->glink->size != 0
5742 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5744 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5745 /* Space for the branch table. */
5746 htab->glink->size
5747 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5748 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5749 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5750 ? 63 : 15);
5751 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5753 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5755 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5756 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5757 true, false, false);
5758 if (sh == NULL)
5759 return false;
5760 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5762 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5763 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5764 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5765 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5766 sh->def_regular = 1;
5767 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5768 sh->forced_local = 1;
5769 sh->non_elf = 0;
5770 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5772 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5773 true, false, false);
5774 if (sh == NULL)
5775 return false;
5776 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5778 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5779 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5780 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5781 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5782 sh->def_regular = 1;
5783 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5784 sh->forced_local = 1;
5785 sh->non_elf = 0;
5786 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5791 if (htab->glink != NULL
5792 && htab->glink->size != 0
5793 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5794 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5795 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5797 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5798 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5799 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5801 s->size += 4;
5802 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5803 s->size += 4;
5807 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5808 Allocate memory for them. */
5809 relocs = false;
5810 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5812 bool strip_section = true;
5814 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5815 continue;
5817 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5818 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5820 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5821 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5822 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5823 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5824 strip_section = false;
5825 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5826 comment below. */
5828 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5829 || s == htab->pltlocal
5830 || s == htab->glink
5831 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5832 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5833 || s == htab->sbss
5834 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5835 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5836 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5838 /* Strip these too. */
5840 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5841 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5843 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5845 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5847 if (s->size != 0)
5849 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5850 relocs = true;
5852 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5853 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5854 s->reloc_count = 0;
5857 else
5859 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5860 continue;
5863 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5865 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5866 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5867 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5868 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5869 before the linker maps input sections to output
5870 sections. The linker does that before
5871 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5872 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5873 into these sections. */
5874 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5875 continue;
5878 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5879 continue;
5881 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5882 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5883 if (s->contents == NULL)
5884 return false;
5887 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5889 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5890 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5891 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5892 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5893 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5894 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5895 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5897 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5898 relocs))
5899 return false;
5901 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5902 && htab->glink != NULL
5903 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5905 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5906 return false;
5907 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5908 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5909 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5910 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5911 return false;
5914 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5916 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5917 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5919 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5920 bfd_vma val;
5922 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5923 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5924 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5925 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5926 /* FDE length. */
5927 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5928 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5929 p += 4;
5930 /* CIE pointer. */
5931 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5932 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5933 p += 4;
5934 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5935 p += 4;
5936 /* .glink size. */
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5938 p += 4;
5939 /* Augmentation. */
5940 p += 1;
5942 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5943 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5945 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5946 if (adv < 64)
5947 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5948 else if (adv < 256)
5950 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5951 *p++ = adv;
5953 else if (adv < 65536)
5955 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5956 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5957 p += 2;
5959 else
5961 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5962 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5963 p += 4;
5965 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5966 *p++ = 65;
5967 p++;
5968 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5970 *p++ = 65;
5972 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5973 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5976 return true;
5979 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5980 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5982 static void
5983 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5985 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5987 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5989 asection *s;
5991 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5992 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5994 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5995 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5997 sda->def_regular = 0;
5998 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5999 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6000 sda->forced_local = 0;
6006 void
6007 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6009 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6011 if (htab != NULL)
6013 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6014 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6019 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6021 static bool
6022 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6024 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6025 && !h->def_regular
6026 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6027 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6028 return false;
6030 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6033 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6035 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6036 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6037 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6039 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6040 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6041 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6042 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6043 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6044 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6045 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6046 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6049 static const int stub_entry[] =
6051 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6052 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6053 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6054 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6057 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6059 unsigned int workaround_size;
6060 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6063 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6064 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6065 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6066 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6068 static bool
6069 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6070 asection *isec,
6071 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6072 bool *again)
6074 struct one_branch_fixup
6076 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6077 asection *tsec;
6078 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6079 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6080 bfd_vma toff;
6081 bfd_vma trampoff;
6084 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6085 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6086 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6087 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6088 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6089 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6090 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6091 unsigned changes = 0;
6092 bool workaround_change;
6093 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6094 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6095 asection *got2;
6096 bool maybe_pasted;
6098 *again = false;
6100 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6101 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6102 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6103 || (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
6104 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6105 || isec->size < 4)
6106 return true;
6108 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6109 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6110 anyway. */
6111 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6112 return true;
6114 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6115 if (htab == NULL)
6116 return true;
6118 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6119 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6120 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6121 trampbase = isec->size;
6123 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6124 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6125 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6127 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6128 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6130 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6132 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6133 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6135 return false;
6137 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6138 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6141 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6142 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6143 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6144 trampoff = trampbase;
6145 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6146 trampoff += 4;
6148 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6149 picfixup_size = 0;
6150 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6151 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6153 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6154 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6156 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6157 link_info->keep_memory);
6158 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6159 goto error_return;
6162 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6164 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6165 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6167 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6168 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6169 asection *tsec;
6170 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6171 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6172 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6173 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6174 unsigned long t0;
6175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6176 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6177 struct plt_entry **plist;
6178 unsigned char sym_type;
6180 switch (r_type)
6182 case R_PPC_REL24:
6183 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6184 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6185 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6186 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6187 break;
6189 case R_PPC_REL14:
6190 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6191 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6192 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6193 break;
6195 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6196 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6197 break;
6198 continue;
6200 default:
6201 continue;
6204 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6205 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6206 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6207 goto error_return;
6209 if (isym != NULL)
6211 if (tsec != NULL)
6213 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6214 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6215 else
6216 continue;
6218 toff = isym->st_value;
6219 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6221 else
6223 if (tsec != NULL)
6224 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6225 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6226 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6228 unsigned long indx;
6230 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6231 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6232 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6234 else
6235 continue;
6237 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6238 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6239 branch stub in that case. */
6240 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6241 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6242 && irel != internal_relocs)
6244 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6245 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6246 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6248 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6249 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6250 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6251 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6252 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6254 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6256 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6258 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6259 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6260 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6261 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6262 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6265 else
6267 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6268 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6270 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6271 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6272 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6274 tls_mask
6275 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6278 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6279 optimised away. */
6280 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6281 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6282 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6283 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6284 continue;
6285 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6286 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6288 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6289 continue;
6292 sym_type = h->type;
6295 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6297 if (h != NULL
6298 && !h->def_regular
6299 && h->protected_def
6300 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6301 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6302 picfixup_size += 12;
6303 continue;
6306 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6307 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6308 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6309 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6310 plist = NULL;
6311 if (h != NULL)
6313 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6314 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6315 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6316 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6318 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6321 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6322 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6323 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6324 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6326 if (plist != NULL)
6328 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6329 struct plt_entry *ent;
6331 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6332 addend = irel->r_addend;
6333 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6334 if (ent != NULL)
6336 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6337 || h == NULL
6338 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6339 || h->dynindx == -1)
6341 tsec = htab->glink;
6342 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6344 else
6346 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6347 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6352 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6353 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6354 branch overflow. */
6355 if (tsec == isec)
6356 continue;
6358 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6359 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6360 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6361 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6362 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6363 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6364 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6365 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6366 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6367 continue;
6369 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6370 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6371 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6372 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6373 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6374 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6376 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6377 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6378 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6379 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6380 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6382 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6383 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6384 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6385 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6386 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6387 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6388 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6389 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6390 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6391 location of interest is just "sym". */
6392 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6393 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6394 toff += irel->r_addend;
6396 toff
6397 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6398 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6399 toff);
6401 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6402 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6403 toff += irel->r_addend;
6405 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6406 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6407 toff += irel->r_addend;
6409 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6410 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6411 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6412 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6413 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6414 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6415 continue;
6417 roff = irel->r_offset;
6419 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6420 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6421 fixup can be created at final link.
6422 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6423 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6424 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6425 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6426 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6427 continue;
6429 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6430 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6431 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6432 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6433 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6434 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6436 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6438 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6439 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6440 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6441 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6442 continue;
6445 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6446 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6447 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6448 break;
6450 if (f == NULL)
6452 size_t size;
6453 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6455 val = trampoff - roff;
6456 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6457 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6458 one. We'll report an error later. */
6459 continue;
6461 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6463 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6464 insn_offset = 12;
6466 else
6468 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6469 insn_offset = 0;
6471 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6472 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6473 || tsec == htab->glink)
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6476 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6477 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6480 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6481 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6482 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6483 stub_rtype);
6484 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6485 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6486 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6487 irel->r_addend = 0;
6489 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6490 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6491 f->next = branch_fixups;
6492 f->tsec = tsec;
6493 f->toff = toff;
6494 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6495 branch_fixups = f;
6497 trampoff += size;
6498 changes++;
6500 else
6502 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6503 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6504 continue;
6506 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6507 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6510 /* Get the section contents. */
6511 if (contents == NULL)
6513 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6514 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6515 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6516 /* Go get them off disk. */
6517 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6518 goto error_return;
6521 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6522 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6523 switch (r_type)
6525 case R_PPC_REL24:
6526 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6527 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6528 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6529 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6530 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6531 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6532 break;
6534 case R_PPC_REL14:
6535 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6536 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6537 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6538 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6539 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6540 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6541 break;
6545 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6547 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6548 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6549 free (f);
6553 workaround_change = false;
6554 newsize = trampoff;
6555 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6556 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6557 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6559 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6560 unsigned int crossings;
6561 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6563 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6564 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6565 addr &= -pagesize;
6566 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6567 if (crossings != 0)
6569 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6570 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6571 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6572 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6573 newsize += crossings * 16;
6574 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6576 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6577 workaround_change = true;
6579 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6580 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6582 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6585 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6587 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6588 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6589 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6590 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6593 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6594 isec->size = newsize;
6596 if (isymbuf != NULL
6597 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6599 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6600 free (isymbuf);
6601 else
6603 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6604 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6608 if (contents != NULL
6609 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6611 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6612 free (contents);
6613 else
6615 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6616 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6620 changes += picfixup_size;
6621 if (changes != 0)
6623 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6624 information for the trampolines. */
6625 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6626 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6627 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6628 unsigned ix;
6630 if (!new_relocs)
6631 goto error_return;
6632 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6633 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6634 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6636 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6638 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6640 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6641 free (internal_relocs);
6642 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6643 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6644 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6645 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6647 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6648 free (internal_relocs);
6650 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6651 return true;
6653 error_return:
6654 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6656 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6657 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6658 free (f);
6660 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6661 free (isymbuf);
6662 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6663 free (contents);
6664 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6665 free (internal_relocs);
6666 return false;
6669 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6670 discarded sections. */
6672 static unsigned int
6673 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6675 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6676 return 0;
6678 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6679 return 0;
6681 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6684 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6686 static bfd_vma
6687 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6688 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6689 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6690 bfd_vma relocation,
6691 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6693 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6695 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6697 if (h != NULL)
6699 /* Handle global symbol. */
6700 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6702 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6703 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6704 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6706 else
6708 /* Handle local symbol. */
6709 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6711 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6713 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6716 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6717 rel->r_addend,
6718 lsect);
6719 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6721 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6722 as a "written" flag. */
6723 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6725 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6726 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6727 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6728 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6731 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6732 + lsect->section->output_offset
6733 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6734 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6736 #ifdef DEBUG
6737 fprintf (stderr,
6738 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6739 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6740 #endif
6742 return relocation;
6745 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6746 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6747 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6749 static void
6750 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6751 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6752 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6754 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6755 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6756 bfd_vma plt;
6757 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6759 if (h != NULL
6760 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6761 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6764 p += 4;
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6766 p += 4;
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6768 p += 4;
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6778 p += 4;
6781 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6782 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6783 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6785 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6787 bfd_vma got = 0;
6789 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6790 got = (ent->addend
6791 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6792 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6793 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6794 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6796 plt -= got;
6798 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6800 else
6802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6803 p += 4;
6804 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6807 else
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6810 p += 4;
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6813 p += 4;
6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6815 p += 4;
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6817 p += 4;
6818 while (p < end)
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6821 p += 4;
6825 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6827 static bool
6828 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6830 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6831 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6832 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6833 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6836 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6837 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6838 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6840 unsigned int
6841 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6843 unsigned int rtra;
6845 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6846 return 0;
6848 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6849 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6850 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6851 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6852 else
6853 return 0;
6855 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6856 /* add -> addi. */
6857 insn = 14 << 26;
6858 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6859 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6860 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6861 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6862 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6863 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6864 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6865 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6866 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6867 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6868 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6869 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6870 else
6871 return 0;
6872 insn |= rtra;
6873 return insn;
6876 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6877 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6878 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6880 unsigned int
6881 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6883 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6884 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6885 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6886 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6887 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6888 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6889 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6890 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6899 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6900 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6901 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6902 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6904 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6906 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6907 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6908 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6909 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6911 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6912 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6913 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6914 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6916 else
6917 insn = 0;
6918 return insn;
6921 static bool
6922 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6924 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6925 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6926 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6927 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6930 static bool
6931 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6933 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6934 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6935 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6938 static bool
6939 swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_byte *loc, asection *s)
6941 if ((size_t) (loc - s->contents) >= s->size)
6942 return false;
6943 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd, rel, loc);
6944 return true;
6947 static bool
6948 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *s)
6950 bfd_byte *loc = s->contents;
6951 loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6952 return swap_reloc_out (obfd, rel, loc, s);
6955 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6956 to handle the relocations for a section.
6958 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6959 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6960 zero.
6962 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6963 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6964 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6965 necessary.
6967 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6968 address or the reloc symbol index.
6970 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6972 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6973 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6975 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6976 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6978 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6979 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6980 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6981 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6982 accordingly. */
6984 static int
6985 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6986 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6987 bfd *input_bfd,
6988 asection *input_section,
6989 bfd_byte *contents,
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6991 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6992 asection **local_sections)
6994 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6995 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6996 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6997 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6998 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6999 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7000 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
7001 asection *got2;
7002 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
7003 bool ret = true;
7004 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
7005 bool is_vxworks_tls;
7006 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
7007 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
7009 #ifdef DEBUG
7010 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7011 "%ld relocations%s",
7012 input_bfd, input_section,
7013 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7014 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7015 #endif
7017 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7020 return false;
7023 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7025 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7026 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7027 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7029 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7030 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7031 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7032 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7033 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7034 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7035 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7036 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7037 ".tls_vars"));
7038 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7039 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7040 rel = wrel = relocs;
7041 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7042 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7044 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7045 bfd_vma addend;
7046 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7047 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7048 asection *sec;
7049 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7050 const char *sym_name;
7051 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7052 unsigned long r_symndx;
7053 bfd_vma relocation;
7054 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7055 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7056 bool warned;
7057 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7058 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7059 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7061 again:
7062 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7063 sym = NULL;
7064 sec = NULL;
7065 h = NULL;
7066 unresolved_reloc = false;
7067 warned = false;
7068 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7070 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7074 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7076 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7078 else
7080 bool ignored;
7082 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7083 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7084 h, sec, relocation,
7085 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7087 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7090 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7092 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7093 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7094 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7095 howto = NULL;
7096 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7097 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7099 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7100 contents, rel->r_offset);
7101 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7102 wrel->r_info = 0;
7103 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7105 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7106 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7107 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7108 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7110 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7111 wrel--;
7113 continue;
7116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7118 if (got2 != NULL
7119 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7120 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7122 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7123 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7124 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7126 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7127 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7128 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7129 goto copy_reloc;
7132 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7133 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7134 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7135 for the final instruction stream. */
7136 tls_mask = 0;
7137 tls_gd = 0;
7138 if (h != NULL)
7139 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7140 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7142 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7143 char *lgot_masks;
7144 local_plt
7145 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7146 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7147 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7150 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7151 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7152 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7153 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7154 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7155 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7156 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7157 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7158 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7159 abort ();
7160 switch (r_type)
7162 default:
7163 break;
7165 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7166 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7167 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7168 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7169 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7171 bfd_vma insn;
7173 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7174 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7175 insn &= 31 << 21;
7176 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7177 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7178 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7179 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7180 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7182 break;
7184 case R_PPC_TLS:
7185 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7186 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7187 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7189 bfd_vma insn;
7191 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7192 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7193 if (insn == 0)
7194 abort ();
7195 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7196 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7197 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7199 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7200 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7201 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7203 break;
7205 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7206 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7207 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7208 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7209 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7210 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7211 break;
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7215 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7216 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7218 tls_gdld_hi:
7219 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7220 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7221 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7222 else
7224 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7225 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7226 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7228 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7230 break;
7232 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7233 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7234 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7235 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7236 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7237 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7238 break;
7240 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7241 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7242 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7243 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7245 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7246 bfd_vma offset;
7248 tls_ldgd_opt:
7249 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7250 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7251 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7252 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7253 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7254 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7255 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7256 && rel + 1 < relend
7257 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7258 htab->tls_get_addr))
7259 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7260 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7261 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7262 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7263 intervening code. */
7264 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7265 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7266 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7268 /* IE */
7269 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7270 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7271 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7272 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7274 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7275 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7276 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7278 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7279 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7280 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7282 else
7284 /* LE */
7285 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7286 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7287 if (tls_gd == 0)
7289 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7290 for (r_symndx = 0;
7291 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7292 r_symndx++)
7293 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7294 break;
7295 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7296 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7297 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7298 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7299 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7300 + sec->output_offset
7301 + sec->output_section->vma);
7303 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7304 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7305 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7306 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7308 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7309 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7310 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7311 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7316 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7317 if (tls_gd == 0)
7319 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7320 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7321 goto again;
7324 break;
7326 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7327 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7328 && rel + 1 < relend
7329 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7331 unsigned int insn2;
7332 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7334 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7337 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7338 break;
7341 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7343 /* IE */
7344 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7345 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7347 else
7349 /* LE */
7350 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7351 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7352 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7354 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7355 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7356 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7357 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7358 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7360 break;
7362 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7363 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7364 && rel + 1 < relend
7365 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7367 unsigned int insn2;
7369 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7372 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7373 break;
7376 for (r_symndx = 0;
7377 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7378 r_symndx++)
7379 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7380 break;
7381 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7382 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7383 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7384 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7385 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7386 + sec->output_offset
7387 + sec->output_section->vma);
7389 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7390 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7391 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7392 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7393 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7394 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7395 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7396 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7397 goto again;
7399 break;
7402 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7403 branch_bit = 0;
7404 switch (r_type)
7406 default:
7407 break;
7409 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7411 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7412 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7413 /* Fall through. */
7415 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7417 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7418 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7420 unsigned int insn;
7422 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7423 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7424 insn |= branch_bit;
7426 from = (rel->r_offset
7427 + input_section->output_offset
7428 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7430 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7431 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7432 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7436 break;
7438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7439 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7441 unsigned int insn;
7443 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7444 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7445 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7446 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7448 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7450 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7451 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7452 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7453 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7456 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7457 info->callbacks->einfo
7458 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7459 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7460 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7462 break;
7465 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7466 && h != NULL
7467 && !h->def_regular
7468 && h->protected_def
7469 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7470 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7471 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7473 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7474 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7475 unsigned int insn;
7477 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7478 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7480 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7481 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7482 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7483 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7485 bfd_byte *p;
7486 bfd_vma off;
7487 bfd_vma got_addr;
7489 p = (contents + input_section->size
7490 - relax_info->workaround_size
7491 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7492 + picfixup_size);
7493 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7494 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7495 info->callbacks->einfo
7496 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7497 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7499 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7500 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7501 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7502 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7503 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7504 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7505 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7506 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7507 insn &= ~0xffff;
7508 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7509 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7511 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7512 insn &= ~0xffff;
7513 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7514 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7515 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7516 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7518 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7519 picfixup_size += 12;
7521 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7522 output is reasonable. */
7523 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7524 wrel++, rel++;
7525 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7526 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7527 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7529 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7530 dynamic reloc. */
7531 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7533 else
7534 _bfd_error_handler
7535 /* xgettext:c-format */
7536 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7537 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7538 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7539 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7541 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7542 && offset_in_range (input_section,
7543 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7545 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7546 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7547 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7548 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7549 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7550 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7551 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7552 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7553 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7554 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7555 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7556 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7557 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7558 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7559 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7560 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7561 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7562 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7563 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7564 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7566 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7567 relocation = 0;
7568 unresolved_reloc = false;
7569 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7571 else
7572 _bfd_error_handler
7573 /* xgettext:c-format */
7574 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7575 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7576 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7577 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7581 ifunc = NULL;
7582 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7584 struct plt_entry *ent;
7586 if (h != NULL)
7588 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7589 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7591 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7592 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7594 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7596 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7597 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7598 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7601 ent = NULL;
7602 if (ifunc != NULL
7603 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7604 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7605 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7606 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7607 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7609 addend = 0;
7610 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7611 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7612 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7613 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7614 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7615 addend = rel->r_addend;
7616 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7618 if (ent != NULL)
7620 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7621 && ent->sec != got2
7622 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7623 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7624 || h == NULL
7625 || h->dynindx == -1))
7627 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7628 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7629 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7630 apparently are using code compiled with
7631 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7632 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7633 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7634 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7635 into .got2). */
7636 info->callbacks->einfo
7637 /* xgettext:c-format */
7638 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7639 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7642 unresolved_reloc = false;
7643 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7644 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7645 || h == NULL
7646 || h->dynindx == -1)
7647 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7648 + htab->glink->output_offset
7649 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7650 else
7651 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7652 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7653 + ent->plt.offset);
7657 addend = rel->r_addend;
7658 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7659 howto = NULL;
7660 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7661 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7663 tls_type = 0;
7664 switch (r_type)
7666 default:
7667 de_fault:
7668 if (howto)
7669 /* xgettext:c-format */
7670 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7671 input_bfd, howto->name);
7672 else
7673 /* xgettext:c-format */
7674 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7675 input_bfd, r_type);
7677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7678 ret = false;
7679 goto copy_reloc;
7681 case R_PPC_NONE:
7682 case R_PPC_TLS:
7683 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7684 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7685 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7686 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7687 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7688 goto copy_reloc;
7690 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7691 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7692 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7693 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7698 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7699 goto dogot;
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7705 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7706 goto dogot;
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7712 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7713 goto dogot;
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7719 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7720 goto dogot;
7722 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7726 tls_mask = 0;
7727 dogot:
7729 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7730 offset table. */
7731 bfd_vma off;
7732 bfd_vma *offp;
7733 unsigned long indx;
7735 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7736 abort ();
7738 indx = 0;
7739 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7740 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7741 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7742 else if (h != NULL)
7744 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7745 || h->dynindx == -1
7746 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7747 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7748 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7749 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7750 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7751 because of a version file. */
7753 else
7755 indx = h->dynindx;
7756 unresolved_reloc = false;
7758 offp = &h->got.offset;
7760 else
7762 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7763 abort ();
7764 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7767 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7768 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7769 processed this entry. */
7770 off = *offp;
7771 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7772 off &= ~1;
7773 else
7775 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7776 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7777 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7778 : 0);
7780 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7781 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7782 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7783 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7784 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7786 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7787 Initialize them all. */
7790 int tls_ty = 0;
7792 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7794 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7795 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7797 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7799 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7800 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7802 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7804 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7805 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7807 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7809 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7810 tls_m = 0;
7813 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7814 if (indx != 0
7815 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7816 && (h == NULL
7817 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7818 && !(tls_ty != 0
7819 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7820 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7821 && (h != NULL
7822 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
7823 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)))
7825 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7827 if (ifunc != NULL)
7829 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7830 if (indx == 0)
7831 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7832 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7833 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7835 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7836 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7837 + off);
7838 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7839 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7841 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7842 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7844 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd,
7845 &outrel,
7846 rsec));
7847 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7848 outrel.r_info
7849 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7852 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7853 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7854 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7855 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7856 else if (indx != 0)
7857 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7858 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7859 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7860 else
7861 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7862 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7864 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7865 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7867 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7868 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7869 else
7870 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7873 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd,
7874 &outrel, rsec));
7877 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7878 emitting a reloc. */
7879 else
7881 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7883 if (tls_ty != 0)
7885 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7886 value = 0;
7887 else
7889 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7890 value = 0;
7891 else
7892 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7893 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7894 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7897 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7899 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7900 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7901 value = 1;
7904 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7905 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7908 off += 4;
7909 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7910 off += 4;
7912 while (tls_m != 0);
7914 off = *offp;
7915 *offp = off | 1;
7918 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7919 abort ();
7921 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7923 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7925 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7926 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7927 off += 8;
7928 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7930 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7931 off += 8;
7932 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7934 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7935 off += 4;
7941 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7942 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7943 goto copy_reloc;
7945 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7946 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7947 + off
7948 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7950 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7951 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7952 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7953 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7954 if (addend != 0)
7955 info->callbacks->einfo
7956 /* xgettext:c-format */
7957 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7958 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7959 howto->name,
7960 sym_name);
7962 break;
7964 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7965 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7966 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7967 at a symbol not in this object. */
7968 if (unresolved_reloc)
7970 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7971 h->root.root.string,
7972 input_bfd,
7973 input_section,
7974 rel->r_offset,
7975 true);
7976 goto copy_reloc;
7978 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7980 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7981 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7982 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7983 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7984 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7985 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7986 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7987 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7988 /* xgettext:c-format */
7989 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7990 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7991 h->root.root.string);
7993 break;
7995 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7996 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7997 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7998 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7999 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8000 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8001 break;
8003 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8004 object. */
8005 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8006 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8007 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8008 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8009 if (h != NULL
8010 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8011 && h->dynindx == -1
8012 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8014 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8015 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8016 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8017 defined before using them. */
8018 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8019 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8020 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8021 if (insn != 0)
8022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8023 break;
8025 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8026 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8027 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8028 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8029 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8030 goto dodyn;
8032 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8033 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8034 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8035 goto dodyn;
8037 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8038 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8039 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8040 goto dodyn;
8042 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8043 relocation = 1;
8044 addend = 0;
8045 goto dodyn;
8047 case R_PPC_REL16:
8048 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8049 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8050 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8051 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8052 break;
8054 case R_PPC_REL32:
8055 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8056 break;
8057 /* fall through */
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8060 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8061 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8062 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8063 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8064 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8065 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8066 goto dodyn;
8068 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8069 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8070 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8071 case R_PPC_REL24:
8072 case R_PPC_REL14:
8073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8075 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8076 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8077 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8078 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8079 break;
8080 /* fall through */
8082 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8083 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8084 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8085 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8086 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8087 break;
8088 /* fall through */
8090 dodyn:
8091 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8092 || is_vxworks_tls)
8093 break;
8095 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8096 ? ((h == NULL
8097 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8098 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8099 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8100 : (h != NULL
8101 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8103 int skip;
8104 asection *sreloc;
8105 long indx = 0;
8107 #ifdef DEBUG
8108 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8109 "create relocation for %s\n",
8110 (h && h->root.root.string
8111 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8112 #endif
8114 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8115 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8116 time. */
8117 skip = 0;
8118 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8119 input_section,
8120 rel->r_offset);
8121 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8122 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8123 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8124 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8125 + input_section->output_offset);
8127 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8128 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8129 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8130 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8131 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8132 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8133 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8135 if (skip)
8136 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8137 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8139 indx = h->dynindx;
8140 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8141 unresolved_reloc = false;
8142 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8143 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8145 else
8147 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8149 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8151 if (ifunc != NULL)
8153 /* If we get here when building a static
8154 executable, then the libc startup function
8155 responsible for applying indirect function
8156 relocations is going to complain about
8157 the reloc type.
8158 If we get here when building a dynamic
8159 executable, it will be because we have
8160 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8161 will set the text segment writable and
8162 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8163 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8164 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8165 info->callbacks->einfo
8166 /* xgettext:c-format */
8167 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8168 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8169 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8170 howto->name,
8171 sym_name);
8172 ret = false;
8174 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8176 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8179 ret = false;
8181 else
8183 asection *osec;
8185 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8186 against a section symbol. It would be
8187 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8188 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8189 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8190 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8191 osec = sec->output_section;
8192 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8194 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8195 indx = 0;
8197 else
8199 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8200 if (indx == 0)
8202 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8203 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8205 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8208 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8209 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8210 addend for them. */
8211 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8212 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8215 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8217 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8218 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8219 else
8220 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8223 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8224 if (ifunc)
8226 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8227 if (indx == 0)
8228 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8229 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8230 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8232 if (sreloc == NULL)
8233 return false;
8235 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
8236 sreloc));
8238 if (skip == -1)
8239 goto copy_reloc;
8241 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8242 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8243 if (!skip)
8245 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8246 addend = 0;
8247 break;
8250 break;
8252 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8253 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8254 if (h != NULL)
8256 struct plt_entry *ent;
8257 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8259 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8261 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8262 got2_addend = addend;
8263 addend = 0;
8265 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8266 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8267 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8268 + htab->glink->output_offset
8269 + ent->glink_offset);
8270 else
8271 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8272 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8273 + ent->plt.offset);
8275 /* Fall through. */
8277 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8278 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8279 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
8280 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
8281 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
8282 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
8284 const int *stub;
8285 size_t size;
8286 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8287 unsigned int insn;
8289 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8291 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8292 + input_section->output_offset
8293 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8294 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8295 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8298 stub += 3;
8299 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8301 else
8303 stub = stub_entry;
8304 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8307 relocation += addend;
8308 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8309 relocation = 0;
8311 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8312 insn = *stub++;
8313 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8315 insn_offset += 4;
8317 insn = *stub++;
8318 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8320 insn_offset += 4;
8321 size -= 2;
8323 while (size != 0)
8325 insn = *stub++;
8326 --size;
8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8328 insn_offset += 4;
8331 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8332 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8333 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8334 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8335 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8336 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8337 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8338 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8339 wrel++, rel++;
8340 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8341 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8343 else
8344 goto de_fault;
8345 continue;
8347 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8348 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8349 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8350 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8352 unresolved_reloc = true;
8353 break;
8355 relocation
8356 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8357 h, relocation, rel);
8358 addend = 0;
8359 break;
8361 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8362 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8363 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8364 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8366 unresolved_reloc = true;
8367 break;
8369 relocation
8370 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8371 h, relocation, rel);
8372 addend = 0;
8373 break;
8375 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8376 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8377 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8378 AIX .toc section. */
8379 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8380 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8382 unresolved_reloc = true;
8383 break;
8385 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8386 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8388 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8389 break;
8391 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8392 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8394 struct plt_entry *ent;
8396 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8397 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8398 if (ent == NULL
8399 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8401 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8402 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8403 using -Bsymbolic. */
8405 else
8407 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8408 procedure linkage table. */
8409 unresolved_reloc = false;
8410 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8411 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8412 + htab->glink->output_offset
8413 + ent->glink_offset);
8414 else
8415 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8416 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8417 + ent->plt.offset);
8421 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8422 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8423 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8424 addend = 0;
8425 break;
8427 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8428 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8429 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8430 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8431 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8432 plt_list = NULL;
8433 if (h != NULL)
8434 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8435 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8436 plt_list = ifunc;
8437 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8439 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8440 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8441 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8442 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8444 unresolved_reloc = true;
8445 if (plt_list != NULL)
8447 struct plt_entry *ent;
8449 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8450 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8451 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8453 asection *plt;
8455 unresolved_reloc = false;
8456 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8457 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8459 if (ifunc != NULL)
8460 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8461 else
8462 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8464 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8465 + plt->output_offset
8466 + ent->plt.offset);
8467 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8469 bfd_vma got = 0;
8471 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8472 got = (ent->addend
8473 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8474 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8475 else
8476 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8477 relocation -= got;
8481 addend = 0;
8482 break;
8484 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8485 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8487 const char *name;
8488 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8490 if (sec == NULL
8491 || sec->output_section == NULL
8492 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8494 unresolved_reloc = true;
8495 break;
8497 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8499 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8500 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8501 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8503 _bfd_error_handler
8504 /* xgettext:c-format */
8505 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8506 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8507 input_bfd,
8508 sym_name,
8509 howto->name,
8510 name);
8513 break;
8515 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8516 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8518 const char *name;
8519 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8521 if (sec == NULL
8522 || sec->output_section == NULL
8523 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8525 unresolved_reloc = true;
8526 break;
8528 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8530 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8531 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8532 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8534 _bfd_error_handler
8535 /* xgettext:c-format */
8536 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8537 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8538 input_bfd,
8539 sym_name,
8540 howto->name,
8541 name);
8544 break;
8546 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8547 relocation = relocation + addend;
8548 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8549 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8550 split16a_type,
8551 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8552 goto report_reloc;
8554 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8555 relocation = relocation + addend;
8556 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8557 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8558 split16d_type,
8559 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8560 goto report_reloc;
8562 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8563 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8564 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8565 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8566 split16a_type,
8567 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8568 goto report_reloc;
8570 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8571 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8572 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8573 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8574 split16d_type,
8575 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8576 goto report_reloc;
8578 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8579 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8580 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8581 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8582 split16a_type,
8583 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8584 goto report_reloc;
8586 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8587 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8588 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8589 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8590 split16d_type,
8591 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8592 goto report_reloc;
8594 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8595 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8596 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8597 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8598 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8599 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8601 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8602 goto report_reloc;
8604 else
8606 const char *name;
8607 int reg;
8608 unsigned int insn;
8609 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8611 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8613 unresolved_reloc = true;
8614 break;
8617 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8618 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8619 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8621 reg = 13;
8622 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8624 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8625 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8627 reg = 2;
8628 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8630 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8631 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8633 reg = 0;
8635 else
8637 _bfd_error_handler
8638 /* xgettext:c-format */
8639 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8640 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8641 input_bfd,
8642 sym_name,
8643 howto->name,
8644 name);
8646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8647 ret = false;
8648 goto copy_reloc;
8651 if (sda != NULL)
8653 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8655 unresolved_reloc = true;
8656 break;
8658 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8661 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8662 break;
8664 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8665 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8666 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8667 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8668 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8669 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8670 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8671 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8672 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8674 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8675 if (reg == 0
8676 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8677 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8679 relocation = relocation + addend;
8680 addend = 0;
8682 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8683 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8684 insn |= 28u << 26;
8686 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8687 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8688 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8689 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8690 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8691 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8692 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8694 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8696 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8697 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8698 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8699 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
8700 goto report_reloc;
8702 /* Fill in register field. */
8703 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8704 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8706 break;
8708 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8710 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8711 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8712 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8713 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8714 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8715 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8716 else
8718 bfd_vma value;
8719 const char *name;
8720 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8722 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8724 unresolved_reloc = true;
8725 break;
8728 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8729 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8730 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8731 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8732 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8733 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8734 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8735 else
8737 _bfd_error_handler
8738 /* xgettext:c-format */
8739 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8740 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8741 input_bfd,
8742 sym_name,
8743 howto->name,
8744 name);
8746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8747 ret = false;
8748 goto copy_reloc;
8751 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8753 unresolved_reloc = true;
8754 break;
8756 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8758 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8759 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8760 rel->r_offset,
8761 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8762 split16a_type,
8763 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8764 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8765 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8766 rel->r_offset,
8767 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8768 split16d_type,
8769 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8770 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8772 value = value >> 16;
8773 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8774 rel->r_offset,
8775 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8776 split16a_type,
8777 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8779 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8781 value = value >> 16;
8782 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8783 rel->r_offset,
8784 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8785 split16d_type,
8786 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8788 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8790 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8791 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8792 rel->r_offset,
8793 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8794 split16a_type,
8795 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8797 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8799 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8800 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8801 rel->r_offset,
8802 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8803 split16d_type,
8804 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8806 else
8807 abort ();
8809 goto report_reloc;
8811 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8812 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8813 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8814 else
8816 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
8817 relocation);
8818 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8820 goto report_reloc;
8822 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8823 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8824 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8825 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8826 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8827 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8829 unresolved_reloc = true;
8830 break;
8832 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8833 break;
8835 /* Negative relocations. */
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8839 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8840 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8841 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8842 break;
8844 case R_PPC_COPY:
8845 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8846 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8847 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8848 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8849 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8850 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8851 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8852 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8853 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8854 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8855 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8856 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8857 /* xgettext:c-format */
8858 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8859 input_bfd, howto->name);
8861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8862 ret = false;
8863 goto copy_reloc;
8866 switch (r_type)
8868 default:
8869 break;
8871 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8872 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8873 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8874 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8877 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8878 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8880 break;
8882 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8883 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8884 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8885 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8887 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8888 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8889 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8890 insn |= 2 << 16;
8891 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8893 break;
8896 switch (r_type)
8898 default:
8899 break;
8901 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8902 if (unresolved_reloc)
8904 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8906 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8907 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8908 insn &= 1;
8909 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8910 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8911 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8912 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8915 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8916 info->callbacks->einfo
8917 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8918 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8919 howto->name);
8920 break;
8922 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8923 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8924 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8925 if (unresolved_reloc)
8927 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8929 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8930 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8931 unresolved_reloc = false;
8932 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8933 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8936 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8937 info->callbacks->einfo
8938 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8939 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8940 howto->name);
8941 break;
8944 /* Do any further special processing. */
8945 switch (r_type)
8947 default:
8948 break;
8950 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8951 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8952 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8953 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8954 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8955 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8956 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8957 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8958 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8959 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8960 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8961 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8962 if (sec == NULL)
8963 break;
8964 /* Fall through. */
8966 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8967 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8968 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8969 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8970 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8971 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8972 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8973 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8974 addend += 0x8000;
8975 break;
8977 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8978 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8979 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8980 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8981 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8982 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8983 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8984 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8985 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8986 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8987 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8988 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8989 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8990 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8991 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8992 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8993 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8994 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8995 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8996 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8998 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8999 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
9000 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
9001 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
9003 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
9004 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
9005 mask = 0;
9006 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
9007 mask = 3;
9008 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
9009 mask = 15;
9010 else
9011 break;
9012 relocation += addend;
9013 addend = insn & mask;
9014 lobit = mask & relocation;
9015 if (lobit != 0)
9017 relocation ^= lobit;
9018 info->callbacks->einfo
9019 /* xgettext:c-format */
9020 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9021 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9022 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
9023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9024 ret = false;
9027 break;
9030 #ifdef DEBUG
9031 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9032 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9033 howto->name,
9034 (int) r_type,
9035 sym_name,
9036 r_symndx,
9037 (long) rel->r_offset,
9038 (long) addend);
9039 #endif
9041 if (unresolved_reloc
9042 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
9043 && h->def_dynamic)
9044 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
9045 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
9047 info->callbacks->einfo
9048 /* xgettext:c-format */
9049 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9050 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9051 howto->name,
9052 sym_name);
9053 ret = false;
9056 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9057 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9058 have different reloc types. */
9059 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9060 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9061 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
9062 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9064 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9066 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9068 unsigned int insn;
9070 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9071 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9072 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9073 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9074 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9075 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9076 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9078 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9080 alt_howto = *howto;
9081 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9082 howto = &alt_howto;
9086 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9088 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9089 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
9090 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9091 else
9093 unsigned int insn;
9095 relocation += addend;
9096 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9097 + input_section->output_offset
9098 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9099 relocation >>= 16;
9100 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9101 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9102 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9104 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9107 else
9108 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9109 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9111 report_reloc:
9112 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9114 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9116 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9117 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9118 if (!warned
9119 && !(h != NULL
9120 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9121 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9122 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9123 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9124 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9125 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9127 else
9129 info->callbacks->einfo
9130 /* xgettext:c-format */
9131 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9132 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9133 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9134 ret = false;
9137 copy_reloc:
9138 if (wrel != rel)
9139 *wrel = *rel;
9142 if (wrel != rel)
9144 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9145 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9147 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9148 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9149 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9151 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9152 one NONE reloc.
9153 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9154 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9155 deleted -= 1;
9156 wrel++;
9158 relend = wrel;
9159 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9160 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9161 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9164 #ifdef DEBUG
9165 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9166 #endif
9168 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9169 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9170 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9171 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9173 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9174 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9175 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9178 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9179 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9180 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9181 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9182 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9184 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9185 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9187 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9189 bfd_byte *p;
9190 unsigned int n;
9191 bfd_byte fill[4];
9193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9194 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9195 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9196 while (n--)
9198 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9199 p += 4;
9203 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9204 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9205 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9206 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9207 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9209 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9210 + input_section->output_offset);
9211 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9212 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9213 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9214 addr < end_addr;
9215 addr += pagesize)
9217 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9218 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9219 bool is_data;
9220 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9221 unsigned int insn;
9223 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9224 the word alone. */
9225 is_data = false;
9226 lo = relocs;
9227 hi = relend;
9228 rel = NULL;
9229 while (lo < hi)
9231 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9232 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9233 lo = rel + 1;
9234 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9235 hi = rel;
9236 else
9238 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9240 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9241 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9242 case R_PPC_REL32:
9243 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9244 is_data = true;
9245 break;
9246 default:
9247 break;
9249 break;
9252 if (is_data)
9253 continue;
9255 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9256 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9257 avoid the icache failure.
9259 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9260 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9261 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9262 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9263 unconditional branches:
9264 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9265 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9266 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9267 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9268 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9269 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9270 instruction is not executed.
9272 A bctr example:
9274 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9275 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9276 . mtctr 9
9277 . bctr
9278 . nop
9279 . nop
9280 . new_page:
9282 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9283 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9284 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9285 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9286 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9287 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9288 place:
9290 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9291 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9292 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9293 . bctr bctr
9294 . nop b somewhere_else
9295 . b somewhere_else nop
9296 . new_page: new_page:
9297 . */
9298 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9299 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9300 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9301 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9302 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9303 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9304 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9305 continue;
9307 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9308 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9309 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9310 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9313 if (rel != NULL
9314 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9315 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9317 asection *sreloc;
9319 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9320 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9321 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9322 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9324 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9326 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9327 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9328 relend[-1] = tmp;
9330 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9332 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9333 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9335 case R_PPC_REL16:
9336 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9337 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9338 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9339 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9340 break;
9341 default:
9342 break;
9345 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9346 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9347 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9348 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9349 if (sreloc != NULL)
9351 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9352 bfd_vma soffset;
9354 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9355 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9356 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9357 + input_section->output_offset);
9358 while (slo < shi)
9360 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9361 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9362 &outrel);
9363 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9364 slo = srel + 1;
9365 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9366 shi = srel;
9367 else
9369 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9371 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9372 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9373 srel = srelend - 1;
9375 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9376 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9377 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9378 break;
9383 else
9384 rel = NULL;
9386 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9387 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9389 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9391 delta += offset - patch_off;
9392 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9393 delta = 0;
9394 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9396 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9398 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9399 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9400 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9401 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9402 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9403 else
9404 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9406 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9407 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9408 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9409 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9410 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9412 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9414 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9415 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9416 contents + patch_off);
9417 patch_off += 4;
9418 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9419 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9420 contents + patch_off);
9421 patch_off += 4;
9423 else
9425 if (rel != NULL)
9427 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9429 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9430 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9432 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9433 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9434 contents + patch_off);
9435 patch_off += 4;
9436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9437 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9438 contents + patch_off);
9439 patch_off += 4;
9440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9441 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9442 contents + patch_off);
9443 patch_off += 4;
9446 else
9448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9449 patch_off += 4;
9450 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9451 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9452 contents + patch_off);
9453 patch_off += 4;
9455 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9456 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9460 return ret;
9463 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9465 static bool
9466 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9468 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9469 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9470 struct plt_entry *ent;
9471 bool doneone;
9473 doneone = false;
9474 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9475 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9477 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9479 if (!doneone)
9481 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9482 bfd_byte *loc;
9483 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9484 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9485 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9487 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9488 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9489 else
9491 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9492 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9493 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9494 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9495 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9498 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9499 Set it up. */
9500 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9502 bfd_vma got_offset;
9503 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9505 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9506 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9508 /* Use the right PLT. */
9509 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9510 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9512 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9513 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9515 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9516 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9517 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9518 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9519 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9520 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9522 else
9524 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9526 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9527 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9528 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9529 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9530 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9531 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9534 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9535 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9536 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9537 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9539 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9540 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9541 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9542 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9543 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9544 prescaled offset. */
9545 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9546 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9547 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9548 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9549 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9550 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9551 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9552 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9553 offset. */
9554 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9555 (plt_entry[5]
9556 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9557 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9558 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9559 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9560 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9561 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9563 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9564 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9565 in this PLT entry. */
9566 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9567 + plt->output_offset
9568 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9569 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9571 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9573 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9574 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9575 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9576 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9577 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9579 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9580 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9581 + plt->output_offset
9582 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9583 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9584 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9585 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9586 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9587 htab->srelplt2));
9588 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9590 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9591 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9592 + plt->output_offset
9593 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9594 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9595 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9596 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9597 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9598 htab->srelplt2));
9599 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9601 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9602 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9603 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9604 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9605 + got_offset);
9606 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9607 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9608 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9609 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9610 htab->srelplt2));
9613 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9614 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9615 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9616 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9617 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9618 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9619 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9620 + got_offset);
9621 rela.r_addend = 0;
9623 else
9625 rela.r_addend = 0;
9626 if (!dyn)
9628 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9630 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9631 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9633 else
9635 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9636 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9638 if (h->def_regular
9639 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9640 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9641 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9644 if (relplt == NULL)
9646 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9647 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9649 else
9651 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9652 + plt->output_offset
9653 + ent->plt.offset);
9655 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9657 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9658 linker will fill it in. */
9660 else
9662 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9663 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9664 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9665 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9666 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9671 if (relplt != NULL)
9673 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9674 if (!dyn)
9676 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9677 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9678 else
9679 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9680 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9681 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9682 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9684 else
9686 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9687 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9688 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9689 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9690 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9692 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela,
9693 loc, relplt));
9695 doneone = true;
9698 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9700 unsigned char *p;
9701 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9703 if (!dyn)
9705 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9706 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9707 else
9708 break;
9711 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9712 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9714 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9715 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9716 break;
9718 else
9719 break;
9721 return true;
9724 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9726 bool
9727 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9729 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9730 bfd *ibfd;
9732 if (!htab)
9733 return true;
9735 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9737 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9739 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9740 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9741 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9742 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9743 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9744 struct plt_entry *ent;
9746 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9747 continue;
9749 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9750 if (!local_got)
9751 continue;
9753 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9754 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9755 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9756 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9757 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9758 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9759 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9761 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9763 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9764 asection *sym_sec;
9765 asection *plt, *relplt;
9766 bfd_byte *loc;
9767 bfd_vma val;
9768 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9769 unsigned char *p;
9771 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9772 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9774 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9775 free (local_syms);
9776 return false;
9779 val = sym->st_value;
9780 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9781 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9783 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9785 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9786 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9787 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9788 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9790 else
9792 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9793 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9795 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9796 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9798 else
9800 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9801 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9802 continue;
9806 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9807 + plt->output_offset
9808 + plt->output_section->vma);
9809 rela.r_addend = val;
9810 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela,
9811 relplt));
9813 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9814 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9818 if (local_syms != NULL
9819 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9821 if (!info->keep_memory)
9822 free (local_syms);
9823 else
9824 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9827 return true;
9830 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9831 dynamic sections here. */
9833 static bool
9834 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9835 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9836 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9837 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9839 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9840 struct plt_entry *ent;
9842 #ifdef DEBUG
9843 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9844 h->root.root.string);
9845 #endif
9847 if (!h->def_regular
9848 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9849 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9850 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9852 if (!h->def_regular)
9854 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9855 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9856 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9857 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9858 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9859 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9860 to zero. */
9861 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9862 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9863 sym->st_value = 0;
9864 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9866 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9867 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9868 function pointer. */
9869 sym->st_value = 0;
9872 else
9874 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9875 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9876 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9877 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9878 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9879 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9880 relocation. */
9881 sym->st_shndx
9882 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9883 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9884 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9885 + htab->glink->output_offset
9886 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9888 break;
9891 if (h->needs_copy)
9893 asection *s;
9894 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9896 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9898 #ifdef DEBUG
9899 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9900 #endif
9902 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9904 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9905 s = htab->relsbss;
9906 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9907 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9908 else
9909 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9910 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9912 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9913 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9914 rela.r_addend = 0;
9915 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, s));
9918 #ifdef DEBUG
9919 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9920 #endif
9922 return true;
9925 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9926 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9927 const asection *rel_sec,
9928 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9930 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9932 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9933 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9935 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9937 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9938 return reloc_class_relative;
9939 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9940 return reloc_class_plt;
9941 case R_PPC_COPY:
9942 return reloc_class_copy;
9943 default:
9944 return reloc_class_normal;
9948 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9950 static bool
9951 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9952 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9954 asection *sdyn;
9955 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9956 bfd_vma got;
9957 bfd *dynobj;
9958 bool ret = true;
9960 #ifdef DEBUG
9961 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9962 #endif
9964 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9965 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9966 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9968 got = 0;
9969 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9970 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9972 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9974 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9976 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9978 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9979 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9980 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9982 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9983 asection *s;
9985 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9987 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9989 case DT_PLTGOT:
9990 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9991 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9992 else
9993 s = htab->elf.splt;
9994 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9995 break;
9997 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9998 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9999 break;
10001 case DT_JMPREL:
10002 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
10003 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10004 break;
10006 case DT_PPC_GOT:
10007 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
10008 break;
10010 case DT_TEXTREL:
10011 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
10012 info->callbacks->einfo
10013 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10014 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10015 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
10016 info->callbacks->einfo
10017 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10018 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10019 continue;
10021 default:
10022 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10023 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10024 break;
10025 continue;
10028 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
10032 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
10033 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10035 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
10036 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
10038 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
10040 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
10041 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
10043 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10044 so that a function can easily find the address of
10045 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10046 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10047 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10051 if (sdyn != NULL)
10053 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10054 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10055 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10059 else
10061 /* xgettext:c-format */
10062 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10063 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10064 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10065 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10067 ret = false;
10070 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10073 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10074 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10075 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10076 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10077 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10079 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10080 /* Use the right PLT. */
10081 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10082 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10083 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10085 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10087 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10090 splt->contents + 0);
10091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10092 splt->contents + 4);
10094 else
10096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10099 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10102 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10103 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10104 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10106 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10108 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10109 bfd_byte *loc;
10111 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10113 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10114 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10115 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10116 + 2);
10117 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10118 rela.r_addend = 0;
10119 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2));
10120 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10122 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10123 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10124 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10125 + 6);
10126 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10127 rela.r_addend = 0;
10128 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2));
10129 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10131 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10132 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10133 in which symbols were output. */
10134 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10136 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10138 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10139 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10140 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10141 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10143 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10144 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10145 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10146 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10148 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10149 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10150 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10151 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10156 if (htab->glink != NULL
10157 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10158 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10160 unsigned char *p;
10161 unsigned char *endp;
10162 bfd_vma res0;
10165 * PIC glink code is the following:
10167 * # ith PLT code stub.
10168 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10169 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10170 * mtctr 11
10171 * bctr
10173 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10174 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10175 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10176 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10177 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10179 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10180 * res_n_m3: nop
10181 * res_n_m2: nop
10182 * res_n_m1:
10184 * PLTresolve:
10185 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10186 * mflr 0
10187 * bcl 20,31,1f
10188 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10189 * mflr 12
10190 * mtlr 0
10191 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10192 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10193 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10194 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10195 * mtctr 0
10196 * add 0,11,11
10197 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10198 * bctr
10200 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10202 * # ith PLT code stub.
10203 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10204 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10205 * mtctr 11
10206 * bctr
10208 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10210 * PLTresolve:
10211 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10212 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10213 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10214 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10215 * mtctr 0
10216 * add 0,11,11
10217 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10218 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10219 * bctr
10222 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10223 and perhaps some padding. */
10224 p = htab->glink->contents;
10225 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10226 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10227 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10228 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10231 p += 4;
10233 while (p < endp)
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10236 p += 4;
10239 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10240 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10241 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10243 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10245 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10246 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10247 glink branch table. */
10248 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10249 bfd_vma page_addr;
10250 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10251 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10253 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10254 page_addr > glink_start;
10255 page_addr -= pagesize)
10257 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10258 bfd_byte *loc;
10259 unsigned int insn;
10261 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10262 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10263 if (insn == BCTR)
10265 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10266 one other call stub before this one. */
10267 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10268 if (insn == BCTR)
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10270 else
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10276 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10277 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10278 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10280 bfd_vma bcl;
10282 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10283 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10284 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10287 p += 4;
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10289 p += 4;
10290 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10291 p += 4;
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10293 p += 4;
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10295 p += 4;
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10297 p += 4;
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10299 p += 4;
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10301 p += 4;
10302 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10305 p += 4;
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10307 p += 4;
10309 else
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10312 p += 4;
10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10314 p += 4;
10316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10317 p += 4;
10318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10320 else
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10323 p += 4;
10324 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10325 p += 4;
10326 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10328 else
10329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10330 p += 4;
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10332 p += 4;
10333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10334 p += 4;
10335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10336 p += 4;
10337 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10339 else
10340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10342 p += 4;
10343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10344 p += 4;
10345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10346 p += 4;
10347 while (p < endp)
10349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10350 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10351 p += 4;
10353 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10356 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10357 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10359 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10360 bfd_vma val;
10362 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10363 /* FDE length. */
10364 p += 4;
10365 /* CIE pointer. */
10366 p += 4;
10367 /* Offset to .glink. */
10368 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10369 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10370 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10371 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10372 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10373 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10375 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10376 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10377 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10378 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10379 return false;
10382 return ret;
10385 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10386 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10387 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10388 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10389 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10390 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10391 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10392 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10393 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10394 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10396 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10397 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10398 #endif
10400 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10401 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10402 #endif
10404 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10405 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10406 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10407 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10408 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10409 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10411 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10412 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10413 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10414 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10415 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10416 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10417 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10418 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10420 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10421 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10422 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10423 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10424 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10425 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10426 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10427 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10428 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10429 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10430 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10431 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10432 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10433 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10434 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10435 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10436 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10437 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10438 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10439 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10440 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10441 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10442 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10443 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10444 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10445 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10446 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10447 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10448 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10450 #include "elf32-target.h"
10452 /* FreeBSD Target */
10454 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10455 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10457 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10458 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10459 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10460 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10462 #undef ELF_OSABI
10463 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10465 #undef elf32_bed
10466 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10468 #include "elf32-target.h"
10470 /* VxWorks Target */
10472 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10473 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10475 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10476 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10477 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10478 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10480 #undef ELF_OSABI
10482 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10483 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10485 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10486 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10487 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10489 if (sec->name == NULL)
10490 return NULL;
10492 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10493 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10495 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10498 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10499 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10500 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10501 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10503 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10505 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10506 if (ret)
10508 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10509 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10510 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10511 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10512 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10513 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10515 return ret;
10518 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10519 static bool
10520 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10521 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10522 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10523 const char **namep,
10524 flagword *flagsp,
10525 asection **secp,
10526 bfd_vma *valp)
10528 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10529 valp))
10530 return false;
10532 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10535 static bool
10536 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10538 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10539 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10542 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10543 define it. */
10544 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10545 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10546 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10547 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10548 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10549 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10550 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10551 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10552 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10553 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10554 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10555 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10556 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10557 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10559 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10561 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10562 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10563 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10564 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10565 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10566 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10567 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10568 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10569 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10570 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10571 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10572 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10573 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10574 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10575 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10576 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10577 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10578 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10580 #undef elf32_bed
10581 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10583 #include "elf32-target.h"